Sema.h revision de01b7a6b4df27555ff7b25e51c0d3df29e3a0cf
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 45#include <deque> 46#include <string> 47 48namespace llvm { 49 class APSInt; 50 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 51 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 52 class SmallBitVector; 53} 54 55namespace clang { 56 class ADLResult; 57 class ASTConsumer; 58 class ASTContext; 59 class ASTMutationListener; 60 class ASTReader; 61 class ASTWriter; 62 class ArrayType; 63 class AttributeList; 64 class BlockDecl; 65 class CXXBasePath; 66 class CXXBasePaths; 67 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 68 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 69 class CXXConstructorDecl; 70 class CXXConversionDecl; 71 class CXXDestructorDecl; 72 class CXXFieldCollector; 73 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 74 class CXXMethodDecl; 75 class CXXScopeSpec; 76 class CXXTemporary; 77 class CXXTryStmt; 78 class CallExpr; 79 class ClassTemplateDecl; 80 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 81 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 82 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 83 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 84 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 85 class CodeCompletionResult; 86 class Decl; 87 class DeclAccessPair; 88 class DeclContext; 89 class DeclRefExpr; 90 class DeclaratorDecl; 91 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 92 class DependentDiagnostic; 93 class DesignatedInitExpr; 94 class Designation; 95 class EnumConstantDecl; 96 class Expr; 97 class ExtVectorType; 98 class ExternalSemaSource; 99 class FormatAttr; 100 class FriendDecl; 101 class FunctionDecl; 102 class FunctionProtoType; 103 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 104 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 105 class InitListExpr; 106 class InitializationKind; 107 class InitializationSequence; 108 class InitializedEntity; 109 class IntegerLiteral; 110 class LabelStmt; 111 class LambdaExpr; 112 class LangOptions; 113 class LocalInstantiationScope; 114 class LookupResult; 115 class MacroInfo; 116 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 117 class NamedDecl; 118 class NonNullAttr; 119 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 120 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 121 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 122 class ObjCContainerDecl; 123 class ObjCImplDecl; 124 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 125 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 126 class ObjCIvarDecl; 127 template <class T> class ObjCList; 128 class ObjCMessageExpr; 129 class ObjCMethodDecl; 130 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 131 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 132 class OverloadCandidateSet; 133 class OverloadExpr; 134 class ParenListExpr; 135 class ParmVarDecl; 136 class Preprocessor; 137 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 138 class PseudoObjectExpr; 139 class QualType; 140 class StandardConversionSequence; 141 class Stmt; 142 class StringLiteral; 143 class SwitchStmt; 144 class TargetAttributesSema; 145 class TemplateArgument; 146 class TemplateArgumentList; 147 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 148 class TemplateDecl; 149 class TemplateParameterList; 150 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 151 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 152 class Token; 153 class TypeAliasDecl; 154 class TypedefDecl; 155 class TypedefNameDecl; 156 class TypeLoc; 157 class UnqualifiedId; 158 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 159 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 160 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 161 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 162 class UsingDecl; 163 class UsingShadowDecl; 164 class ValueDecl; 165 class VarDecl; 166 class VisibilityAttr; 167 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 168 class IndirectFieldDecl; 169 170namespace sema { 171 class AccessedEntity; 172 class BlockScopeInfo; 173 class CapturingScopeInfo; 174 class CompoundScopeInfo; 175 class DelayedDiagnostic; 176 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 177 class FunctionScopeInfo; 178 class LambdaScopeInfo; 179 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 180 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 181} 182 183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 186 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 187 188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 189class Sema { 190 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 191 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 192 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 193public: 194 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 195 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 196 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 197 198 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 199 FPOptions FPFeatures; 200 201 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 202 Preprocessor &PP; 203 ASTContext &Context; 204 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 205 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 206 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 207 208 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 209 bool CollectStats; 210 211 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 212 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 213 214 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 215 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 216 217 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 218 DeclContext *CurContext; 219 220 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 221 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 222 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 223 224 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 225 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 226 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 227 228 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 229 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 230 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 231 232 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 233 234 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 235 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 236 237 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 238 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 239 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 240 241 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 242 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 243 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 244 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 245 246 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 247 248 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 249 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 250 /// 251 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 252 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 253 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 254 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 255 256 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 257 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 258 ExtVectorDeclsType; 259 260 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 261 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 262 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 263 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 264 265 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 266 /// definitions being hidden. 267 /// 268 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 269 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 270 271 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 272 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 273 274 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 275 276 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 277 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 278 279 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 280 281 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 282 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 283 /// same list more than once. 284 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 285 286 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 287 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 288 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 289 290 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 291 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 292 /// 293 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 294 /// scoped, e.g., 295 /// 296 /// \code 297 /// void f() { 298 /// void foo(int, int); 299 /// } 300 /// \endcode 301 /// 302 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 303 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 304 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 305 /// 306 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 307 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 308 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 309 /// compatibility. 310 /// 311 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 312 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 313 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 314 /// not visible. 315 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 316 317 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 318 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 319 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 320 321 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 322 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 323 TentativeDefinitionsType; 324 325 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 326 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 327 328 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 330 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 331 332 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 333 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 334 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 335 336 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 337 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 338 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 339 340 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 341 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 342 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 343 344 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 345 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 346 /// exception spec. 347 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 348 349 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 350 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 351 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 352 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 353 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 354 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 355 356 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 357 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 358 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 359 void *OpaqueParser; 360 361 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 362 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 363 OpaqueParser = P; 364 } 365 366 class DelayedDiagnostics; 367 368 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 369 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 370 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 371 }; 372 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 373 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 374 375 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 376 /// during parsing and other processing. 377 class DelayedDiagnostics { 378 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 379 /// diagnostics should go. 380 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 381 382 public: 383 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 384 385 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 386 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 387 388 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 389 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 390 391 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 392 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 393 return CurPool; 394 } 395 396 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 397 /// collected in this pool. 398 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 399 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 400 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 401 CurPool = &pool; 402 return state; 403 } 404 405 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 406 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 407 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 408 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 409 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 410 } 411 412 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 413 /// not delayed. 414 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 416 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 417 CurPool = 0; 418 return state; 419 } 420 421 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 422 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 423 assert(CurPool == NULL); 424 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 425 } 426 } DelayedDiagnostics; 427 428 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 429 class ContextRAII { 430 private: 431 Sema &S; 432 DeclContext *SavedContext; 433 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 434 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 435 436 public: 437 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 438 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 439 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 440 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 441 { 442 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 443 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 444 } 445 446 void pop() { 447 if (!SavedContext) return; 448 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 449 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 450 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 451 SavedContext = 0; 452 } 453 454 ~ContextRAII() { 455 pop(); 456 } 457 }; 458 459 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 460 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 461 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 462 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 463 464 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 465 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 466 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 467 /// in the currently selected standard. 468 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 469 470 471 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 472 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 473 474 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 475 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 476 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 477 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 478 /// It would be best to refactor this. 479 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 480 481 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 482 483 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 484 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 485 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 486 Scope *TUScope; 487 488 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 489 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 490 491 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 492 /// standard library. 493 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 494 495 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 496 /// \<initializer_list>. 497 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 498 499 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 500 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 501 502 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 503 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 504 505 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 506 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 512 QualType NSNumberPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 519 520 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 521 QualType NSStringPointer; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 524 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 527 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 528 529 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 530 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 531 532 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 534 535 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 536 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 537 538 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 539 QualType QIDNSCopying; 540 541 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 542 /// have been declared. 543 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 544 545 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 546 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 547 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 548 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 549 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 550 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 551 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 552 /// run time. 553 Unevaluated, 554 555 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 556 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 557 /// cases in a switch statment). 558 ConstantEvaluated, 559 560 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 561 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 562 /// expression at run time. 563 PotentiallyEvaluated, 564 565 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 566 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 567 /// in fact the current expression is used. 568 /// 569 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 570 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 571 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 572 /// until the default argument is used. 573 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 574 }; 575 576 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 577 /// expression evaluation contexts. 578 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 579 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 580 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 581 582 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 583 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 584 585 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 586 bool IsDecltype; 587 588 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 589 /// this expression evaluation context. 590 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 591 592 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 593 594 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 595 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 596 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 597 598 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 599 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 600 /// default function argument. 601 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 602 603 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 604 /// within this context. 605 /// 606 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 607 /// do not have lambda expressions. 608 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 609 610 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 611 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 612 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 613 614 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 615 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 616 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 617 618 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 619 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 620 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 621 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 622 bool IsDecltype) 623 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 624 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 625 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 626 627 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 628 delete LambdaMangle; 629 } 630 631 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 632 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 633 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 634 if (!LambdaMangle) 635 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 636 return *LambdaMangle; 637 } 638 }; 639 640 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 641 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 642 643 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 644 /// function. 645 /// 646 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 647 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 648 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 649 public: 650 enum Kind { 651 NoMemberOrDeleted, 652 Ambiguous, 653 Success 654 }; 655 656 private: 657 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 658 659 public: 660 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 661 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 662 {} 663 664 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 665 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 666 667 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 668 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 669 }; 670 671 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 672 /// for C++ records. 673 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 674 675 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 676 /// 677 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 678 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 679 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 680 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 681 /// checks. 682 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 683 684 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 685 686 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 687 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 688 689 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 690 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 691 692 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 693 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 694 /// 695 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 696 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 697 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 698 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 699 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 700 701 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 702 // argument locations. 703 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 704 705 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 706 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 707 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 708 709 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 710 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 711 712 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 713 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 714 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 715 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 716 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 717 718 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 719 /// of -Wselector. 720 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 721 722 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 723 724 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 725 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 726 727 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 728 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 729 /// should not be used elsewhere. 730 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 731 732public: 733 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 734 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 735 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 736 ~Sema(); 737 738 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 739 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 740 void Initialize(); 741 742 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 743 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 744 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 745 746 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 747 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 748 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 749 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 750 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 751 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 752 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 753 754 void PrintStats() const; 755 756 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 757 /// template instantiation stacks. 758 /// 759 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 761 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 762 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 763 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 764 /// well. 765 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 766 Sema &SemaRef; 767 unsigned DiagID; 768 769 public: 770 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 771 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 772 773 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 774 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 775 if (!isActive()) return; 776 777 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 778 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 779 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 780 // 781 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 782 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 783 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 784 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 785 // eliminate that code. 786 FlushCounts(); 787 Clear(); 788 789 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 790 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 791 } 792 }; 793 794 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 795 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 796 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 797 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 798 } 799 800 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 801 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 802 803 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 804 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 805 806 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 807 808 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 809 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 810 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 811 812 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 813 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 814 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 815 816 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 817 818 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 819 820 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 821 822 void PushFunctionScope(); 823 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 824 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 825 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 826 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 827 828 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 829 return FunctionScopes.back(); 830 } 831 832 void PushCompoundScope(); 833 void PopCompoundScope(); 834 835 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 836 837 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 838 839 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 840 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 841 842 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 843 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 844 845 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 846 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 847 848 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 849 850 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 851 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 852 // 853 854 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 855 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 856 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 857 } 858 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 859 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 860 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 861 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 862 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 863 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 864 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 865 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 866 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 867 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 868 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 869 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 870 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 871 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 872 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 873 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 874 SourceLocation Loc, 875 DeclarationName Entity); 876 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 877 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 878 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 879 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 880 881 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 882 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 883 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 884 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 885 886 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 887 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 888 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 889 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 890 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 891 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 892 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 893 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 894 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 895 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 897 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 900 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 901 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 902 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 903 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 904 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 905 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 906 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 907 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 908 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 909 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 911 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 912 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 913 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 914 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 915 916 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 917 918 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 919 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 920 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 921 922 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 923 struct TypeDiagnoser { 924 bool Suppressed; 925 926 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 927 928 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 929 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 930 }; 931 932 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 933 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 934 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 935 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 936 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 937 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 938 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 939 return II; 940 } 941 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 942 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 943 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 944 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 945 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 946 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 947 948 template<typename T1> 949 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 950 unsigned DiagID; 951 const T1 &Arg1; 952 953 public: 954 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 955 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 956 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 957 if (Suppressed) return; 958 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 959 } 960 961 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 962 }; 963 964 template<typename T1, typename T2> 965 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 966 unsigned DiagID; 967 const T1 &Arg1; 968 const T2 &Arg2; 969 970 public: 971 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 972 const T2 &Arg2) 973 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 974 Arg2(Arg2) { } 975 976 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 977 if (Suppressed) return; 978 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 979 } 980 981 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 982 }; 983 984 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 985 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 986 unsigned DiagID; 987 const T1 &Arg1; 988 const T2 &Arg2; 989 const T3 &Arg3; 990 991 public: 992 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 993 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 994 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 995 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 996 997 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 998 if (Suppressed) return; 999 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1000 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1001 } 1002 1003 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1004 }; 1005 1006 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1007 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID); 1010 1011 template<typename T1> 1012 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1013 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1014 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1015 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1016 } 1017 1018 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1019 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1020 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1021 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1022 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1023 } 1024 1025 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1026 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1027 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1028 const T3 &Arg3) { 1029 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1030 Arg3); 1031 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1032 } 1033 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1035 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1036 1037 template<typename T1> 1038 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1039 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1040 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1041 } 1042 1043 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1044 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1045 const T2 &Arg2) { 1046 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1047 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1048 } 1049 1050 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1051 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1052 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1053 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1054 Arg3); 1055 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1056 } 1057 1058 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1059 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1060 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1061 1062 template<typename T1> 1063 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1064 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1065 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1066 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1067 } 1068 1069 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1070 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1071 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1072 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1073 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1074 } 1075 1076 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1077 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1078 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1079 const T3 &Arg3) { 1080 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1081 Arg3); 1082 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1083 } 1084 1085 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1087 1088 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1089 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1090 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1091 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1092 SourceLocation Loc); 1093 1094 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1095 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1096 // 1097 1098 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1099 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1100 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1101 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1102 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1103 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1104 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1105 /// such as: 1106 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1107 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1108 1109 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1110 1111 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1112 1113 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1114 1115 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1116 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1117 bool isClassName = false, 1118 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1119 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1120 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1121 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1122 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1123 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1124 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1125 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1126 SourceLocation IILoc, 1127 Scope *S, 1128 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1129 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1130 1131 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1132 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1133 enum NameClassificationKind { 1134 NC_Unknown, 1135 NC_Error, 1136 NC_Keyword, 1137 NC_Type, 1138 NC_Expression, 1139 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1140 NC_TypeTemplate, 1141 NC_FunctionTemplate 1142 }; 1143 1144 class NameClassification { 1145 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1146 ExprResult Expr; 1147 TemplateName Template; 1148 ParsedType Type; 1149 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1150 1151 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1152 1153 public: 1154 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1155 1156 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1157 1158 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1159 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1160 1161 static NameClassification Error() { 1162 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1163 } 1164 1165 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1166 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1167 } 1168 1169 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1170 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1180 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1181 Result.Template = Name; 1182 return Result; 1183 } 1184 1185 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1186 1187 ParsedType getType() const { 1188 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1189 return Type; 1190 } 1191 1192 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1193 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1194 return Expr; 1195 } 1196 1197 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1198 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1199 return Template; 1200 } 1201 1202 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1203 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1204 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1205 } 1206}; 1207 1208 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1209 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1210 /// 1211 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1212 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1213 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1214 /// 1215 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1216 /// 1217 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1218 /// 1219 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1220 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1221 /// 1222 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1223 /// 1224 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1225 /// disambiguate the name. 1226 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1227 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1228 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1229 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1230 const Token &NextToken); 1231 1232 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1233 1234 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1235 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1236 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1237 const LookupResult &Previous, 1238 Scope *S); 1239 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1240 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1241 DeclarationName Name, 1242 SourceLocation Loc); 1243 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1244 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1245 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1246 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1247 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1248 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1249 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1250 LookupResult &Previous); 1251 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1252 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1253 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1254 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1255 LookupResult &Previous, 1256 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1257 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1258 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1259 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1260 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1261 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1262 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1263 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1264 LookupResult &Previous, 1265 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1266 bool &AddToScope); 1267 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1268 1269 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1270 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1271 1272 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1273 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1274 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1275 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1276 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1277 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1278 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1279 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1280 SourceLocation Loc, 1281 QualType T); 1282 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1283 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1284 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1285 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1287 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1288 Expr *defarg); 1289 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1290 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1291 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1292 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1293 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1294 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1295 1296 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1297 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1298 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1299 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1300 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1301 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1302 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1303 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1304 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1305 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1306 Decl **Group, 1307 unsigned NumDecls); 1308 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1309 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1310 1311 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1312 /// documentation comments. 1313 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1314 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1315 1316 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1317 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1318 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1319 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1320 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1321 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodOrCFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, 1322 bool parseMethod); 1323 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1324 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1325 } 1326 1327 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1328 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1329 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1330 1331 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1332 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1333 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1334 1335 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1336 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1337 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1338 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1339 1340 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1341 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1342 /// specified threshold. 1343 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1344 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1345 QualType ReturnTy, 1346 NamedDecl *D); 1347 1348 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1349 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1350 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1351 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1352 1353 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1354 /// 1355 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1356 /// 1357 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1358 /// 1359 /// \param Path The module access path. 1360 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1361 ModuleIdPath Path); 1362 1363 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1364 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1365 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1366 } 1367 1368 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1369 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1370 const Preprocessor &PP); 1371 1372 /// Scope actions. 1373 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1374 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1375 1376 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1377 DeclSpec &DS); 1378 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1379 DeclSpec &DS, 1380 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1381 1382 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1383 AccessSpecifier AS, 1384 RecordDecl *Record); 1385 1386 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1387 RecordDecl *Record); 1388 1389 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1390 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1391 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1392 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1393 1394 enum TagUseKind { 1395 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1396 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1397 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1398 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1399 }; 1400 1401 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1402 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1403 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1404 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1405 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1406 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1407 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1408 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1409 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1410 1411 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1412 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1413 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1414 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1415 AttributeList *Attr, 1416 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1417 1418 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1419 unsigned TagSpec, 1420 TagUseKind TUK, 1421 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1422 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1423 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1424 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1425 1426 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1427 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1428 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1429 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1430 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1431 1432 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1433 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1434 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1435 AccessSpecifier AS); 1436 1437 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1438 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1439 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1440 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1441 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1442 SourceLocation TSSL, 1443 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1444 Declarator *D = 0); 1445 1446 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1447 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1448 CXXCopyConstructor, 1449 CXXMoveConstructor, 1450 CXXCopyAssignment, 1451 CXXMoveAssignment, 1452 CXXDestructor, 1453 CXXInvalid 1454 }; 1455 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1456 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1457 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1458 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1459 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1460 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1461 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1462 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1463 1464 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1465 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1466 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1467 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1468 AttributeList *AttrList); 1469 1470 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1471 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1472 /// struct, or union). 1473 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1474 1475 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1476 1477 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1478 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1479 /// member declarations. 1480 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1481 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1482 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1483 1484 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1485 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1486 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1487 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1488 1489 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1490 1491 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1492 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1493 /// 1494 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1495 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1496 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1497 1498 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1499 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1500 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1501 1502 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1503 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1504 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1505 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1506 Expr *val); 1507 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1508 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1509 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1510 1511 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1512 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1513 AttributeList *Attrs, 1514 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1515 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1516 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1517 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1518 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1519 1520 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1521 1522 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1523 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1524 void PopDeclContext(); 1525 1526 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1527 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1528 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1529 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1530 1531 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1532 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1533 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1534 1535 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1536 1537 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1538 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1539 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1540 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1541 1542 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1543 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1544 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1545 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1546 1547 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1548 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1549 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1550 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1551 1552 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1553 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1554 1555 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1556 /// top level scope. 1557 /// 1558 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1559 /// 1560 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1561 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1562 1563 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1564 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1565 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1566 /// 1567 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1568 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1569 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1570 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1571 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1572 1573 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1574 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1575 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1576 1577 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1578 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1580 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1581 1582 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1583 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1584 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1585 VersionTuple Introduced, 1586 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1587 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1588 bool IsUnavailable, 1589 StringRef Message); 1590 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1591 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1592 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1593 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1594 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1595 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1596 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1597 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1598 1599 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1600 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1601 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1602 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1603 Scope *S); 1604 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1605 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1606 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1607 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1608 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1609 1610 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1611 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1612 enum AssignmentAction { 1613 AA_Assigning, 1614 AA_Passing, 1615 AA_Returning, 1616 AA_Converting, 1617 AA_Initializing, 1618 AA_Sending, 1619 AA_Casting 1620 }; 1621 1622 /// C++ Overloading. 1623 enum OverloadKind { 1624 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1625 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1626 Ovl_Overload, 1627 1628 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1629 /// an existing declaration. 1630 Ovl_Match, 1631 1632 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1633 /// non-function. 1634 Ovl_NonFunction 1635 }; 1636 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1637 FunctionDecl *New, 1638 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1639 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1640 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1641 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1642 1643 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1644 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1645 /// 1646 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1647 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1648 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1649 1650 ImplicitConversionSequence 1651 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1652 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1653 bool AllowExplicit, 1654 bool InOverloadResolution, 1655 bool CStyle, 1656 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1657 1658 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1659 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1660 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1661 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1662 bool InOverloadResolution, 1663 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1664 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1665 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1666 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1667 QualType &ConvertedType); 1668 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1669 QualType& ConvertedType); 1670 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1671 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1672 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1673 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1674 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1675 1676 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1677 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1678 CastKind &Kind, 1679 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1680 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1681 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1682 bool InOverloadResolution, 1683 QualType &ConvertedType); 1684 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1685 CastKind &Kind, 1686 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1687 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1688 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1689 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1690 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1691 QualType &ResultTy); 1692 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1693 1694 1695 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1696 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1697 QualType ResultType, 1698 Expr *Value, 1699 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1700 1701 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1702 ExprResult Init); 1703 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1704 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1705 ExprResult Init, 1706 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1707 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1708 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1709 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1710 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1711 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1712 1713 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1714 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1715 1716 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1717 enum CCEKind { 1718 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1719 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1720 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1721 }; 1722 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1723 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1724 1725 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1726 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1727 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1728 public: 1729 bool Suppress; 1730 bool SuppressConversion; 1731 1732 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1733 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1734 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1735 1736 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1737 /// integral or enumeration type. 1738 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1739 QualType T) = 0; 1740 1741 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1742 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1743 QualType T) = 0; 1744 1745 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1746 /// is explicit. 1747 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1748 QualType T, 1749 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1750 1751 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1752 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1753 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1754 1755 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1756 /// functions. 1757 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1758 QualType T) = 0; 1759 1760 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1761 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1762 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1763 1764 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1765 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1766 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1767 QualType T, 1768 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1769 1770 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1771 }; 1772 1773 ExprResult 1774 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1775 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1776 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1777 1778 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1779 OS_Array, 1780 OS_Dictionary, 1781 OS_Error 1782 }; 1783 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1784 1785 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1786 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1787 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1788 NamedDecl *Member); 1789 1790 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1791 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1792 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1793 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1794 1795 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1796 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1797 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1798 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1799 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1800 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1801 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1802 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1803 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1804 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1805 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1806 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1807 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1808 QualType ObjectType, 1809 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1810 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1811 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1812 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1813 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1814 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1815 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1816 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1817 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1818 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1819 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1820 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1821 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1822 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1823 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1824 QualType ObjectType, 1825 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1826 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1827 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1828 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1829 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1830 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1831 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1832 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1833 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1834 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1835 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1836 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1837 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1838 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1839 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1840 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1841 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1842 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1843 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1844 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1845 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1846 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1847 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1848 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1849 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1850 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1851 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1852 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1853 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1854 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1855 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1856 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1857 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1858 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1859 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1860 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1861 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1862 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1863 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1864 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1865 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1866 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1867 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1868 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1869 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1870 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1871 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1872 1873 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1874 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1875 1876 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1877 // identified by the expression Expr 1878 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1879 1880 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1881 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1882 // R (A) --> R(A) 1883 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1884 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1885 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1886 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1887 1888 FunctionDecl * 1889 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1890 QualType TargetType, 1891 bool Complain, 1892 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1893 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1894 1895 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1896 bool Complain = false, 1897 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1898 1899 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1900 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1901 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1902 bool Complain = false, 1903 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1904 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1905 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1906 1907 1908 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1909 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1910 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1911 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1912 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1913 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1914 1915 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1916 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1917 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1918 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1919 1920 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1921 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1922 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1923 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1924 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1925 Expr *ExecConfig, 1926 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1927 1928 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1929 unsigned Opc, 1930 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1931 Expr *input); 1932 1933 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1934 unsigned Opc, 1935 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1936 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1937 1938 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1939 SourceLocation RLoc, 1940 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1941 1942 ExprResult 1943 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1944 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1945 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1946 ExprResult 1947 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1948 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1949 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1950 1951 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1952 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1953 1954 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1955 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1956 /// that best represents the call. 1957 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1958 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1959 1960 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1961 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1962 bool CheckParameterNames); 1963 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1964 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1965 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1966 1967 /// \name Name lookup 1968 /// 1969 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1970 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1971 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1972 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1973 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1974 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1975 /// 1976 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1977 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1978 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1979 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1980 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1981 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1982 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1983 /// 1984 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1985 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1986 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1987 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1988 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1989 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1990 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1991 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1992 //@{ 1993 1994 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1995 enum LookupNameKind { 1996 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1997 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1998 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1999 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2000 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2001 /// structs, and unions. 2002 LookupTagName, 2003 /// Label name lookup. 2004 LookupLabel, 2005 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2006 /// class/struct/union members. 2007 LookupMemberName, 2008 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2009 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2010 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2011 LookupOperatorName, 2012 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2013 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2014 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2015 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2016 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2017 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2018 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2019 LookupNamespaceName, 2020 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2021 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2022 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2023 LookupUsingDeclName, 2024 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2025 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2026 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2027 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2028 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2029 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2030 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2031 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2032 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2033 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2034 LookupAnyName 2035 }; 2036 2037 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2038 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2039 enum RedeclarationKind { 2040 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2041 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2042 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2043 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2044 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2045 ForRedeclaration 2046 }; 2047 2048 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2049 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2050 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2051 LOLR_Error, 2052 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2053 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2054 LOLR_Cooked, 2055 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2056 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2057 LOLR_Raw, 2058 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2059 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2060 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2061 LOLR_Template 2062 }; 2063 2064 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2065 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2066 bool ConstArg, 2067 bool VolatileArg, 2068 bool RValueThis, 2069 bool ConstThis, 2070 bool VolatileThis); 2071 2072private: 2073 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2074 2075 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2076 // 2077 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2078 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2079 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2080 2081 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2082 /// source. 2083 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2084 2085public: 2086 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2087 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2088 /// 2089 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2090 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2091 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2092 SourceLocation Loc, 2093 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2094 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2095 = NotForRedeclaration); 2096 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2097 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2098 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2099 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2100 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2101 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2102 bool EnteringContext = false); 2103 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2104 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2105 = NotForRedeclaration); 2106 2107 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2108 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2109 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2110 2111 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2112 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2113 2114 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2115 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2116 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2117 unsigned Quals); 2118 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2119 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2120 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2121 unsigned Quals); 2122 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2123 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2124 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2125 2126 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2127 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2128 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2129 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2130 2131 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2132 SourceLocation Loc, 2133 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2134 ADLResult &Functions, 2135 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2136 2137 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2138 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2139 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2140 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2141 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2142 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2143 2144 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2145 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2146 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2147 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2148 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2149 bool EnteringContext = false, 2150 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2151 2152 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2153 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2154 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2155 2156 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2157 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2158 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2159 2160 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2161 //@} 2162 2163 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2164 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2165 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2166 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2167 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2168 SourceLocation Loc); 2169 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2170 Scope *S); 2171 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2172 2173 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2174 2175 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2176 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2177 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2178 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2179 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2180 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2181 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2182 2183 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2184 2185 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2186 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2187 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2188 2189 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2190 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2191 SourceRange Range); 2192 2193 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2194 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2195 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2196 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2197 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2198 2199 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2200 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2201 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2202 2203 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2204 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2205 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2206 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2207 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2208 2209 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2210 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2211 2212 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2213 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2214 2215 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2216 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2217 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2218 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2219 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2220 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2221 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2222 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2223 2224 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2225 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2226 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2227 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2228 SourceLocation Loc); 2229 2230 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2231 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2232 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2233 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2234 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2235 2236 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2237 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2238 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2239 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2240 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2241 2242 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2243 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2244 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2245 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2246 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2247 2248 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2249 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2250 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2251 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2252 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2253 2254 2255 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2256 /// its protocols. 2257 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2258 IdentifierInfo *II); 2259 2260 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2261 /// class extensions. 2262 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2263 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2264 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2265 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2266 Selector GetterSel, 2267 Selector SetterSel, 2268 const bool isAssign, 2269 const bool isReadWrite, 2270 const unsigned Attributes, 2271 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2272 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2273 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2274 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2275 2276 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2277 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2278 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2279 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2280 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2281 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2282 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2283 Selector GetterSel, 2284 Selector SetterSel, 2285 const bool isAssign, 2286 const bool isReadWrite, 2287 const unsigned Attributes, 2288 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2289 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2290 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2291 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2292 2293 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2294 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2295 /// setter or getter. 2296 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2297 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2298 2299 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2300 2301 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2302 2303 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2304 MMS_loose, 2305 MMS_strict 2306 }; 2307 2308 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2309 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2310 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2311 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2312 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2313 2314 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2315 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2316 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2317 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2318 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2319 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2320 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2321 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2322 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2323 bool ImmediateClass, 2324 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2325 2326 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2327 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2328 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2329 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2330 2331 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2332 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2333 2334private: 2335 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2336 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2337 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2338 2339 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2340 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2341 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2342 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2343 bool warn, bool instance); 2344 2345public: 2346 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2347 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2348 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2349 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2350 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2351 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2352 } 2353 2354 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2355 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2356 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2357 } 2358 2359 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2360 /// pool. 2361 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2362 2363 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2364 /// there are multiple signatures. 2365 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2366 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2367 bool warn=true) { 2368 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2369 warn, /*instance*/true); 2370 } 2371 2372 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2373 /// there are multiple signatures. 2374 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2375 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2376 bool warn=true) { 2377 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2378 warn, /*instance*/false); 2379 } 2380 2381 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2382 /// implementation. 2383 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2384 2385 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2386 /// initialization. 2387 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2388 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2389 2390 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2391 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2392public: 2393 class FullExprArg { 2394 public: 2395 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2396 2397 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2398 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2399 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2400 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2401 2402 ExprResult release() { 2403 return move(E); 2404 } 2405 2406 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2407 2408 Expr *operator->() { 2409 return E; 2410 } 2411 2412 private: 2413 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2414 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2415 friend class Sema; 2416 2417 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2418 2419 Expr *E; 2420 }; 2421 2422 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2423 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2424 } 2425 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2426 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2427 } 2428 2429 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2430 2431 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2432 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2433 2434 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2435 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2436 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2437 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2438 bool isStmtExpr); 2439 2440 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2441 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2442 public: 2443 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2444 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2445 } 2446 2447 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2448 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2449 } 2450 2451 private: 2452 Sema &S; 2453 }; 2454 2455 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2456 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2457 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2458 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2459 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2460 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2461 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2462 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2463 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2464 2465 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2466 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2467 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2468 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2469 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2470 2471 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2472 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2473 Stmt *SubStmt); 2474 2475 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2476 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2477 Stmt *ThenVal, 2478 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2479 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2480 Expr *Cond, 2481 Decl *CondVar); 2482 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2483 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2484 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2485 FullExprArg Cond, 2486 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2487 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2488 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2489 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2490 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2491 2492 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2493 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2494 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2495 Decl *SecondVar, 2496 FullExprArg Third, 2497 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2498 Stmt *Body); 2499 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2500 Expr *collection); 2501 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2502 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2503 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2504 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2505 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2506 2507 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2508 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2509 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2510 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2511 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2512 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2513 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2514 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2515 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2516 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2517 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2518 2519 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2520 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2521 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2522 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2523 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2524 Expr *DestExp); 2525 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2526 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2527 2528 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2529 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2530 2531 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2532 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2533 2534 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2535 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2536 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2537 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2538 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2539 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2540 Expr *AsmString, 2541 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2542 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2543 bool MSAsm = false); 2544 2545 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2546 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2547 ArrayRef<unsigned> LineEnds, 2548 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2549 2550 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2551 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2552 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2553 bool Invalid = false); 2554 2555 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2556 2557 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2558 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2559 2560 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2561 2562 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2563 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2564 2565 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2566 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2567 Scope *CurScope); 2568 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2569 Expr *operand); 2570 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2571 Expr *SynchExpr, 2572 Stmt *SynchBody); 2573 2574 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2575 2576 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2577 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2579 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2580 2581 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2582 2583 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2584 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2585 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2586 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2587 2588 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2589 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2590 Stmt *TryBlock, 2591 Stmt *Handler); 2592 2593 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2594 Expr *FilterExpr, 2595 Stmt *Block); 2596 2597 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2598 Stmt *Block); 2599 2600 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2601 2602 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2603 2604 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2605 /// of it. 2606 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2607 2608 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2609 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2610 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2611 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2612 2613 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2614 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2615 /// 2616 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2617 /// if (condition); 2618 /// do_stuff(); 2619 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2620 const Stmt *Body, 2621 unsigned DiagID); 2622 2623 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2624 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2625 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2626 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2627 2628 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2629 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2630 } 2631 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2632 2633 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2634 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2635 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2636 } 2637 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2638 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2639 } 2640 2641 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2642 2643 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2644 SourceLocation Loc, 2645 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2646 2647 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2648 2649 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2650 StringRef message); 2651 2652 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2653 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2654 2655 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2656 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2657 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2658 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2659 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2660 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2661 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2662 SourceLocation Loc); 2663 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2664 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2665 2666 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2667 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2668 bool IsDecltype = false); 2669 2670 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2671 2672 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2673 2674 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2675 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2676 2677 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2678 2679 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2680 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2681 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2682 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2683 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2684 // named expressions. 2685 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2686 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2687 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2688 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2689 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2690 2691 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2692 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2693 2694 enum TryCaptureKind { 2695 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2696 }; 2697 2698 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2699 /// 2700 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2701 /// 2702 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2703 /// 2704 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2705 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2706 /// 2707 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2708 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2709 /// 2710 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2711 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2712 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2713 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2714 /// 2715 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2716 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2717 /// variable can be captured. 2718 /// 2719 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2720 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2721 /// captured. 2722 /// 2723 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2724 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2725 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2726 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2727 QualType &CaptureType, 2728 QualType &DeclRefType); 2729 2730 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2731 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2732 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2733 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2734 2735 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2736 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2737 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2738 2739 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2740 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2741 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2742 2743 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2744 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2745 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2746 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2747 bool ForceComplain = false, 2748 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2749 2750 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2751 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2752 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2753 2754 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2755 /// evaluation context. 2756 /// 2757 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2758 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2759 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2760 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2761 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2762 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2763 2764 // Primary Expressions. 2765 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2766 2767 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2768 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2769 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2770 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2771 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2772 2773 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2774 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2775 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2776 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2777 2778 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2779 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2780 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2781 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2782 2783 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2784 IdentifierInfo *II, 2785 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2786 2787 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2788 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2789 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2790 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2791 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2792 2793 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2794 ExprValueKind VK, 2795 SourceLocation Loc, 2796 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2797 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2798 ExprValueKind VK, 2799 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2800 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2801 ExprResult 2802 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2803 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2804 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2805 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2806 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2807 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2808 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2809 LookupResult &R, 2810 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2811 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2812 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2813 LookupResult &R, 2814 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2815 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2816 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2817 const LookupResult &R, 2818 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2819 2820 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2821 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2822 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2823 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2824 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2825 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2826 2827 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2828 LookupResult &R, 2829 bool NeedsADL); 2830 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2831 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2832 NamedDecl *D); 2833 2834 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2835 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2836 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2837 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2838 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2839 2840 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2841 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2842 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2843 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2844 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2845 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2846 SourceLocation R, 2847 MultiExprArg Val); 2848 2849 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2850 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2851 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2852 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2853 2854 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2855 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2856 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2857 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2858 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2859 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2860 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2861 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2862 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2863 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2864 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2865 Expr **Exprs, 2866 unsigned NumAssocs); 2867 2868 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2869 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2870 Expr *InputExpr); 2871 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2872 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2873 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2874 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2875 2876 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2877 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2878 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2879 SourceRange R); 2880 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2881 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2882 ExprResult 2883 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2884 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2885 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2886 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2887 2888 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2889 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2890 2891 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2892 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2893 SourceRange ExprRange, 2894 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2895 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2896 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2897 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2898 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2899 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2900 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2901 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2902 2903 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2904 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2905 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2906 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2907 2908 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2909 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2910 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2911 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2912 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2913 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2914 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2915 2916 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2917 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2918 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2919 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2920 // defines a custom operator->). 2921 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2922 Scope *S; 2923 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2924 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2925 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2926 }; 2927 2928 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2929 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2930 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2931 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2932 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2933 LookupResult &R, 2934 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2935 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2936 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2937 2938 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2939 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2940 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2941 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2942 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2943 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2944 2945 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2946 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2947 const LookupResult &R); 2948 2949 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2950 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2951 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2952 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2953 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2954 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2956 2957 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2958 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2959 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2960 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2961 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2962 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2963 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2964 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2965 2966 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2967 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2968 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2969 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2970 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2971 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2972 bool ExecConfig = false); 2973 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2974 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2975 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2976 2977 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2978 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2979 /// locations. 2980 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2981 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2982 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2983 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2984 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2985 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2986 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2987 Expr *Config = 0, 2988 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2989 2990 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2991 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2992 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2993 2994 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2995 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2996 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2997 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2998 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2999 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3000 Expr *Op); 3001 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3002 3003 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3004 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3005 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3006 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3007 3008 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3009 3010 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3011 ParsedType Ty, 3012 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3013 Expr *InitExpr); 3014 3015 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3016 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3017 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3018 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3019 3020 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3021 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3022 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3023 3024 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3025 SourceLocation Loc, 3026 bool GNUSyntax, 3027 ExprResult Init); 3028 3029 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3030 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3031 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3032 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3033 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3034 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3035 3036 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3037 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3038 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3039 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3040 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3041 3042 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3043 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3044 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3045 3046 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3047 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3048 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3049 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3050 3051 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3052 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3053 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3054 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3055 union { 3056 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3057 Expr *E; 3058 } U; 3059 }; 3060 3061 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3062 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3063 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3064 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3065 unsigned NumComponents, 3066 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3067 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3068 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3069 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3070 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3071 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3072 unsigned NumComponents, 3073 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3074 3075 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3076 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3077 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3078 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3079 3080 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3081 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3082 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3083 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3084 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3085 3086 // __null 3087 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3088 3089 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3090 3091 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3092 enum IfExistsResult { 3093 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3094 IER_Exists, 3095 3096 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3097 IER_DoesNotExist, 3098 3099 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3100 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3101 IER_Dependent, 3102 3103 /// \brief An error occurred. 3104 IER_Error 3105 }; 3106 3107 IfExistsResult 3108 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3109 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3110 3111 IfExistsResult 3112 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3113 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3114 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3115 3116 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3117 bool IsIfExists, 3118 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3119 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3120 Stmt *Nested); 3121 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3122 bool IsIfExists, 3123 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3124 Stmt *Nested); 3125 3126 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3127 3128 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3129 /// started. 3130 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3131 3132 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3133 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3134 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3135 Scope *CurScope); 3136 3137 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3138 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3139 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3140 3141 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3142 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3143 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3144 Scope *CurScope); 3145 3146 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3147 3148 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3149 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3150 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3151 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3152 3153 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3154 3155 // Act on C++ namespaces 3156 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3157 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3158 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3159 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3160 SourceLocation LBrace, 3161 AttributeList *AttrList); 3162 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3163 3164 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3165 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3166 3167 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3168 3169 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3170 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3171 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3172 3173 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3174 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3175 /// 3176 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3177 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3178 3179 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3180 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3181 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3182 3183 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3184 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3185 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3186 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3187 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3188 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3189 AttributeList *AttrList); 3190 3191 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3192 3193 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3194 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3195 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3196 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3197 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3198 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3199 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3200 3201 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3202 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3203 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3204 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3205 NamedDecl *Target); 3206 3207 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3208 bool isTypeName, 3209 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3210 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3211 const LookupResult &Previous); 3212 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3213 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3214 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3215 3216 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3217 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3218 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3219 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3220 AttributeList *AttrList, 3221 bool IsInstantiation, 3222 bool IsTypeName, 3223 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3224 3225 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3226 3227 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3228 AccessSpecifier AS, 3229 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3230 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3231 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3232 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3233 AttributeList *AttrList, 3234 bool IsTypeName, 3235 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3236 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3237 AccessSpecifier AS, 3238 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3239 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3240 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3241 TypeResult Type); 3242 3243 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3244 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3245 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3246 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3247 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3248 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3249 3250 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3251 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3252 /// 3253 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3254 ExprResult 3255 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3256 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3257 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3258 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3259 3260 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3261 // the constructor can be elidable? 3262 ExprResult 3263 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3264 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3265 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3266 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3267 SourceRange ParenRange); 3268 3269 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3270 /// the default expr if needed. 3271 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3272 FunctionDecl *FD, 3273 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3274 3275 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3276 /// constructed variable. 3277 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3278 3279 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3280 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3281 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3282 // Pointer to allow copying 3283 Sema *Self; 3284 // We order exception specifications thus: 3285 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3286 // throw() comes next. 3287 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3288 // Finally no specification. 3289 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3290 // 3291 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3292 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3293 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3294 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3295 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3296 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3297 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3298 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3299 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3300 3301 void ClearExceptions() { 3302 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3303 Exceptions.clear(); 3304 } 3305 3306 public: 3307 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3308 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3309 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3310 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3311 } 3312 3313 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3314 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3315 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3316 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3317 return ComputedEST; 3318 } 3319 3320 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3321 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3322 3323 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3324 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3325 3326 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3327 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3328 3329 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3330 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3331 3332 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3333 /// computed exception specification. 3334 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3335 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3336 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3337 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3338 } 3339 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3340 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3341 getEPI(EPI); 3342 return EPI; 3343 } 3344 }; 3345 3346 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3347 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3348 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3349 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3350 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3351 3352 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3353 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3354 /// will be const. 3355 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3356 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3357 3358 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3359 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3360 /// parameter will be const. 3361 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3362 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3363 3364 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3365 /// constructor of a class will have. 3366 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3367 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3368 3369 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3370 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3371 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3372 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3373 3374 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3375 /// destructor of a class will have. 3376 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3377 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3378 3379 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3380 /// special member function. 3381 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3382 3383 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3384 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3385 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3386 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3387 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3388 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3389 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3390 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3391 3392 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3393 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3394 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3395 bool Diagnose = false); 3396 3397 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3398 /// 3399 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3400 /// default constructor will be added. 3401 /// 3402 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3403 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3404 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3405 3406 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3407 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3408 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3409 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3410 3411 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3412 /// 3413 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3414 /// destructor will be added. 3415 /// 3416 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3417 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3418 3419 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3420 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3421 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3422 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3423 3424 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3425 /// 3426 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3427 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3428 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3429 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3430 3431 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3432 /// 3433 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3434 /// constructors will be added. 3435 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3436 3437 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3438 /// 3439 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3440 /// copy constructor will be added. 3441 /// 3442 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3443 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3444 3445 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3446 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3447 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3448 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3449 3450 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3451 /// 3452 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3453 /// move constructor will be added. 3454 /// 3455 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3456 /// declared. 3457 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3458 3459 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3460 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3461 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3462 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3463 3464 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3465 /// 3466 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3467 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3468 /// 3469 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3470 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3471 3472 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3473 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3474 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3475 3476 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3477 /// 3478 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3479 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3480 /// 3481 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3482 /// wasn't declared. 3483 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3484 3485 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3486 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3487 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3488 3489 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3490 /// class. 3491 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3492 3493 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3494 /// special member function. 3495 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3496 3497 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3498 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3499 /// 3500 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3501 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3502 3503 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3504 /// member function. 3505 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3506 3507 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3508 /// static member function. 3509 /// 3510 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3511 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3512 3513 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3514 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3515 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3516 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3517 3518 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3519 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3520 SourceLocation Loc, 3521 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3522 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3523 3524 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3525 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3526 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3527 ParsedType ObjectType, 3528 bool EnteringContext); 3529 3530 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3531 3532 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3533 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3534 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3535 3536 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3537 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3538 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3539 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3540 Declarator &D, 3541 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3542 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3543 Expr *E, 3544 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3545 3546 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3547 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3548 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3549 Expr *E, 3550 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3551 SourceRange Parens); 3552 3553 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3554 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3555 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3556 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3557 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3558 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3559 Expr *Operand, 3560 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3561 3562 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3563 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3564 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3565 void *TyOrExpr, 3566 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3567 3568 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3569 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3570 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3571 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3572 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3573 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3574 Expr *Operand, 3575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3576 3577 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3578 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3579 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3580 void *TyOrExpr, 3581 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3582 3583 3584 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3585 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3586 3587 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3588 /// 3589 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3590 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3591 3592 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3593 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3594 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3595 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3596 3597 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3598 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3599 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3600 Sema &S; 3601 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3602 bool Enabled; 3603 3604 public: 3605 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3606 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3607 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3608 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3609 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3610 bool Enabled = true); 3611 3612 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3613 }; 3614 3615 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3616 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3617 /// 3618 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3619 /// 3620 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3621 /// capture list. 3622 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3623 3624 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3625 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3626 /// being defined. 3627 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3628 3629 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3630 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3631 3632 3633 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3634 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3635 3636 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3637 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3638 3639 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3640 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3641 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3642 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3643 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3644 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3645 3646 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3647 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3648 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3649 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3650 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3651 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3652 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3653 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3654 3655 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3656 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3657 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3658 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3659 3660 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3661 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3662 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3663 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3664 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3665 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3666 Expr *Initializer); 3667 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3668 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3669 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3670 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3671 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3672 QualType AllocType, 3673 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3674 Expr *ArraySize, 3675 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3676 Expr *Initializer, 3677 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3678 3679 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3680 SourceRange R); 3681 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3682 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3683 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3684 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3685 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3686 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3687 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3688 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3689 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3690 bool Diagnose = true); 3691 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3692 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3693 QualType Argument, 3694 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3695 3696 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3697 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3698 bool Diagnose = true); 3699 3700 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3701 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3702 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3703 Expr *Operand); 3704 3705 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3706 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3707 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3708 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3709 3710 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3711 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3712 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3713 SourceLocation RParen); 3714 3715 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3716 /// pseudo-functions. 3717 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3718 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3719 ParsedType Ty, 3720 SourceLocation RParen); 3721 3722 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3723 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3724 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3725 SourceLocation RParen); 3726 3727 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3728 /// pseudo-functions. 3729 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3730 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3731 ParsedType LhsTy, 3732 ParsedType RhsTy, 3733 SourceLocation RParen); 3734 3735 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3736 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3737 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3738 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3739 SourceLocation RParen); 3740 3741 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3742 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3743 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3744 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3745 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3746 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3747 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3748 3749 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3750 /// pseudo-functions. 3751 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3752 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3753 ParsedType LhsTy, 3754 Expr *DimExpr, 3755 SourceLocation RParen); 3756 3757 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3758 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3759 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3760 Expr *DimExpr, 3761 SourceLocation RParen); 3762 3763 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3764 /// pseudo-functions. 3765 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3766 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3767 Expr *Queried, 3768 SourceLocation RParen); 3769 3770 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3771 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3772 Expr *Queried, 3773 SourceLocation RParen); 3774 3775 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3776 Expr *Base, 3777 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3778 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3779 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3780 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3781 3782 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3783 3784 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3785 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3786 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3787 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3788 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3789 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3790 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3791 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3792 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3793 3794 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3795 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3796 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3797 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3798 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3799 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3800 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3801 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3802 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3803 3804 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3805 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3806 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3807 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3808 const DeclSpec& DS, 3809 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3810 3811 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3812 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3813 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3814 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3815 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3816 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3817 3818 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3819 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3820 : SourceLocation()); 3821 } 3822 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3823 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3824 3825 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3826 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3827 3828 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3829 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3830 bool EnteringContext = false); 3831 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3832 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3833 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3834 3835 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3836 /// 3837 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3838 /// 3839 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3840 /// 3841 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3842 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3843 /// 3844 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3845 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3846 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3847 3848 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3849 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3850 3851 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3852 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3853 IdentifierInfo &II, 3854 ParsedType ObjectType); 3855 3856 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3857 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3858 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3859 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3860 QualType ObjectType, 3861 bool EnteringContext, 3862 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3863 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3864 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3865 3866 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3867 /// 3868 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3869 /// 3870 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3871 /// 3872 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3873 /// 3874 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3875 /// 3876 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3877 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3878 /// 3879 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3880 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3881 /// 3882 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3883 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3884 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3885 /// including this new type). 3886 /// 3887 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3888 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3889 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3890 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3891 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3892 ParsedType ObjectType, 3893 bool EnteringContext, 3894 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3895 3896 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3897 3898 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3899 const DeclSpec &DS, 3900 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3901 3902 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3903 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3904 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3905 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3906 ParsedType ObjectType, 3907 bool EnteringContext); 3908 3909 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3910 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3911 /// 3912 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3913 /// 3914 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3915 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3916 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3917 /// including this new type). 3918 /// 3919 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3920 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 3921 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3922 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3923 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3924 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3925 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3926 /// 3927 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3928 /// nested-name-specifier. 3929 /// 3930 /// 3931 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3932 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3933 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3934 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3935 TemplateTy TemplateName, 3936 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3937 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3938 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3939 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3940 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3941 bool EnteringContext); 3942 3943 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3944 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3945 /// nested-name-specifier. 3946 /// 3947 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3948 /// 3949 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3950 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3951 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3952 3953 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3954 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3955 /// 3956 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3957 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3958 /// 3959 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3960 /// 3961 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3962 /// of the annotation pointer. 3963 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3964 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3965 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3966 3967 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3968 3969 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3970 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3971 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3972 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3973 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3974 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3975 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3976 3977 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3978 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3979 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3980 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3981 /// defining scope. 3982 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3983 3984 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3985 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3986 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3987 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3988 /// class X. 3989 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3990 3991 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3992 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3993 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3994 3995 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3996 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3997 bool KnownDependent = false); 3998 3999 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4000 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4001 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4002 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4003 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4004 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4005 4006 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4007 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4008 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4009 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4010 bool ExplicitParams, 4011 bool ExplicitResultType, 4012 bool Mutable); 4013 4014 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4015 /// given lambda. 4016 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4017 4018 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4019 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4020 4021 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4022 /// statements present in the body. 4023 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4024 4025 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4026 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4027 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4028 /// lambda. 4029 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4030 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4031 4032 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4033 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4034 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4035 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4036 4037 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4038 /// was successfully completed. 4039 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4040 Scope *CurScope, 4041 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4042 4043 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4044 /// function pointer. 4045 /// 4046 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4047 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4048 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4049 /// block pointer conversion. 4050 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4051 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4052 4053 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4054 /// block pointer. 4055 /// 4056 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4057 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4058 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4059 /// block pointer conversion. 4060 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4061 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4062 4063 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4064 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4065 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4066 Expr *Src); 4067 4068 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4069 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4070 Expr **Strings, 4071 unsigned NumStrings); 4072 4073 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4074 4075 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4076 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4077 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4078 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4079 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4080 bool Value); 4081 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4082 4083 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4084 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4085 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4086 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4087 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4088 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4089 4090 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4091 Expr *IndexExpr, 4092 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4093 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4094 4095 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4096 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4097 unsigned NumElements); 4098 4099 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4100 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4101 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4102 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4103 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4104 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4105 4106 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4107 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4108 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4109 ParsedType Ty, 4110 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4111 4112 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4113 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4114 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4115 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4116 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4117 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4118 4119 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4120 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4121 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4122 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4123 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4124 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4125 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4126 4127 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4128 // C++ Declarations 4129 // 4130 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4131 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4132 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4133 StringRef Lang, 4134 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4135 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4136 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4137 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4138 4139 4140 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4141 // C++ Classes 4142 // 4143 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4144 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4145 4146 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4147 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4148 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4149 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4150 4151 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4152 Declarator &D, 4153 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4154 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4155 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4156 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4157 Expr *Init); 4158 4159 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4160 Scope *S, 4161 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4162 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4163 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4164 const DeclSpec &DS, 4165 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4166 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4167 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4168 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4169 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4170 4171 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4172 Scope *S, 4173 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4174 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4175 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4176 const DeclSpec &DS, 4177 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4178 Expr *InitList, 4179 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4180 4181 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4182 Scope *S, 4183 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4184 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4185 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4186 const DeclSpec &DS, 4187 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4188 Expr *Init, 4189 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4190 4191 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4192 Expr *Init, 4193 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4194 4195 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4196 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4197 Expr *Init, 4198 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4199 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4200 4201 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4202 Expr *Init, 4203 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4204 4205 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4206 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4207 4208 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4209 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4210 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4211 4212 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4213 4214 4215 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4216 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4217 /// referenced. 4218 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4219 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4220 4221 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4222 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4223 /// first use occurred. 4224 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4225 4226 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4227 /// materialized. 4228 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4229 4230 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4231 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4232 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4233 /// by code generation). 4234 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4235 4236 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4237 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4238 4239 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4240 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4241 DynamicClassesType; 4242 4243 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4244 /// unit. 4245 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4246 4247 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4248 /// given location. 4249 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4250 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4251 4252 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4253 /// in the given class as needed. 4254 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4255 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4256 4257 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4258 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4259 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4260 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4261 4262 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4263 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4264 /// vtables. 4265 /// 4266 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4267 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4268 4269 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4270 4271 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4272 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4273 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4274 unsigned NumMemInits, 4275 bool AnyErrors); 4276 4277 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4278 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4279 Decl *TagDecl, 4280 SourceLocation LBrac, 4281 SourceLocation RBrac, 4282 AttributeList *AttrList); 4283 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4284 4285 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4286 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4287 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4288 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4289 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4290 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4291 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4292 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4293 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4294 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4295 4296 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4297 Expr *AssertExpr, 4298 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4299 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4300 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4301 Expr *AssertExpr, 4302 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4303 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4304 bool Failed); 4305 4306 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4307 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4308 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4309 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4310 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4311 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4312 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4313 4314 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4315 StorageClass& SC); 4316 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4317 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4318 StorageClass& SC); 4319 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4320 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4321 StorageClass& SC); 4322 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4323 4324 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4325 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4326 4327 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4328 // C++ Derived Classes 4329 // 4330 4331 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4332 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4333 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4334 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4336 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4337 4338 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4339 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4340 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4341 ParsedType basetype, 4342 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4343 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4344 4345 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4346 unsigned NumBases); 4347 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4348 unsigned NumBases); 4349 4350 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4351 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4352 4353 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4354 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4355 4356 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4357 4358 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4359 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4360 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4361 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4362 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4363 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4364 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4365 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4366 DeclarationName Name, 4367 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4368 4369 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4370 4371 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4372 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4373 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4374 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4375 4376 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4377 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4378 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4379 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4380 4381 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4382 4383 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4384 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4385 4386 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4387 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4388 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4389 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4390 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4391 4392 4393 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4394 // C++ Access Control 4395 // 4396 4397 enum AccessResult { 4398 AR_accessible, 4399 AR_inaccessible, 4400 AR_dependent, 4401 AR_delayed 4402 }; 4403 4404 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4405 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4406 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4407 4408 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4409 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4410 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4411 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4412 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4413 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4414 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4415 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4416 bool Diagnose = true); 4417 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4418 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4419 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4420 AccessSpecifier Access, 4421 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4422 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4423 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4424 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4425 AccessSpecifier Access, 4426 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4427 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4428 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4429 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4430 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4431 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4432 NamedDecl *D, 4433 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4434 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4435 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4436 Expr *ArgExpr, 4437 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4438 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4439 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4440 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4441 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4442 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4443 unsigned DiagID, 4444 bool ForceCheck = false, 4445 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4446 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4447 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4448 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4449 AccessSpecifier access, 4450 QualType objectType); 4451 4452 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4453 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4454 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4455 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4456 4457 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4458 4459 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4460 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4461 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4462 4463 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4464 AbstractNone = -1, 4465 AbstractReturnType, 4466 AbstractParamType, 4467 AbstractVariableType, 4468 AbstractFieldType, 4469 AbstractArrayType 4470 }; 4471 4472 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4473 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4474 template<typename T1> 4475 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4476 unsigned DiagID, 4477 const T1 &Arg1) { 4478 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4479 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4480 } 4481 4482 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4483 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4484 unsigned DiagID, 4485 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4486 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4487 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4488 } 4489 4490 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4491 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4492 unsigned DiagID, 4493 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4494 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4495 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4496 } 4497 4498 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4499 4500 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4501 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4502 4503 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4504 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4505 // 4506 4507 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4508 4509 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4510 4511 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4512 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4513 // 4514 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4515 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4516 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4517 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4518 4519 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4520 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4521 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4522 4523 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4524 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4525 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4526 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4527 ParsedType ObjectType, 4528 bool EnteringContext, 4529 TemplateTy &Template, 4530 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4531 4532 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4533 SourceLocation IILoc, 4534 Scope *S, 4535 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4536 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4537 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4538 4539 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4540 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4541 4542 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4543 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4544 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4545 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4546 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4547 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4548 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4549 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4550 4551 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4552 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4553 unsigned Depth, 4554 unsigned Position, 4555 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4556 Expr *DefaultArg); 4557 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4558 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4559 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4560 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4561 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4562 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4563 unsigned Depth, 4564 unsigned Position, 4565 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4566 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4567 4568 TemplateParameterList * 4569 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4570 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4571 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4572 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4573 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4574 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4575 4576 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4577 /// list. 4578 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4579 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4580 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4581 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4582 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4583 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4584 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4585 }; 4586 4587 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4588 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4589 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4590 TemplateParameterList * 4591 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4592 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4593 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4594 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4595 unsigned NumParamLists, 4596 bool IsFriend, 4597 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4598 bool &Invalid); 4599 4600 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4601 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4602 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4603 AttributeList *Attr, 4604 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4605 AccessSpecifier AS, 4606 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4607 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4608 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4609 4610 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4611 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4612 4613 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4614 4615 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4616 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4617 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4618 4619 TypeResult 4620 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4621 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4622 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4623 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4624 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4625 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4626 4627 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4628 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4629 /// 4630 /// \param TUK 4631 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4632 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4633 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4634 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4635 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4636 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4637 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4638 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4639 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4640 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4641 4642 4643 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4644 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4645 LookupResult &R, 4646 bool RequiresADL, 4647 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4648 4649 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4650 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4651 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4652 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4653 4654 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4655 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4656 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4657 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4658 ParsedType ObjectType, 4659 bool EnteringContext, 4660 TemplateTy &Template); 4661 4662 DeclResult 4663 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4664 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4665 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4666 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4667 TemplateTy Template, 4668 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4669 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4670 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4671 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4672 AttributeList *Attr, 4673 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4674 4675 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4677 Declarator &D); 4678 4679 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4680 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4681 Declarator &D); 4682 4683 bool 4684 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4685 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4686 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4687 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4688 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4689 bool &SuppressNew); 4690 4691 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4692 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4693 LookupResult &Previous); 4694 4695 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4696 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4697 LookupResult &Previous); 4698 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4699 4700 DeclResult 4701 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4702 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4703 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4704 unsigned TagSpec, 4705 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4706 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4707 TemplateTy Template, 4708 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4709 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4710 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4711 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4712 AttributeList *Attr); 4713 4714 DeclResult 4715 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4716 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4717 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4718 unsigned TagSpec, 4719 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4720 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4721 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4722 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4723 AttributeList *Attr); 4724 4725 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4726 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4727 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4728 Declarator &D); 4729 4730 TemplateArgumentLoc 4731 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4732 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4733 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4734 Decl *Param, 4735 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4736 4737 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4738 /// argument is being checked. 4739 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4740 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4741 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4742 CTAK_Specified, 4743 4744 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4745 /// deduction. 4746 CTAK_Deduced, 4747 4748 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4749 /// via template argument deduction. 4750 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4751 }; 4752 4753 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4754 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4755 NamedDecl *Template, 4756 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4757 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4758 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4759 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4760 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4761 4762 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4763 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4764 /// 4765 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4766 /// provided. 4767 /// 4768 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4769 /// 4770 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4771 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4772 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4773 /// arguments. 4774 /// 4775 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4776 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4777 /// set of template arguments. 4778 /// 4779 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4780 /// arguments. 4781 /// 4782 /// 4783 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4784 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4785 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4786 /// 4787 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4788 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4789 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4790 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4791 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4792 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4793 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4794 4795 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4796 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4797 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4798 4799 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4800 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4801 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4802 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4803 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4804 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4805 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4806 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4807 4808 ExprResult 4809 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4810 QualType ParamType, 4811 SourceLocation Loc); 4812 ExprResult 4813 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4814 SourceLocation Loc); 4815 4816 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4817 /// for equality. 4818 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4819 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4820 /// that might be redeclarations. 4821 /// 4822 /// \code 4823 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4824 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4825 /// \endcode 4826 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4827 4828 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4829 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4830 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4831 /// 4832 /// \code 4833 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4834 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4835 /// \endcode 4836 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4837 4838 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4839 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4840 /// template parameter. 4841 /// 4842 /// \code 4843 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4844 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4845 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4846 /// \endcode 4847 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4848 }; 4849 4850 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4851 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4852 bool Complain, 4853 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4854 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4855 = SourceLocation()); 4856 4857 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4858 4859 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4860 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4861 /// 4862 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4863 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4864 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4865 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4866 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4867 TypeResult 4868 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4869 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4870 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4871 4872 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4873 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4874 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4875 /// 4876 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4877 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4878 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4879 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4880 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4881 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4882 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4883 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4884 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4885 TypeResult 4886 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4887 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4888 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4889 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4890 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4891 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4892 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4893 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4894 4895 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4896 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4897 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4898 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4899 SourceLocation IILoc); 4900 4901 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4902 SourceLocation Loc, 4903 DeclarationName Name); 4904 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4905 4906 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4907 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4908 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4909 4910 std::string 4911 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4912 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4913 4914 std::string 4915 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4916 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4917 unsigned NumArgs); 4918 4919 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4920 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4921 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4922 4923 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4924 /// being diagnosed. 4925 /// 4926 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4927 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4928 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4929 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4930 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4931 4932 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4933 UPPC_BaseType, 4934 4935 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4936 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4937 4938 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4939 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4940 4941 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4942 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4943 4944 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4945 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4946 4947 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4948 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4949 4950 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4951 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4952 4953 /// \brief A using declaration. 4954 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4955 4956 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4957 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4958 4959 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4960 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4961 4962 /// \brief An initializer. 4963 UPPC_Initializer, 4964 4965 /// \brief A default argument. 4966 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4967 4968 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4969 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4970 4971 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4972 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4973 4974 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4975 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4976 4977 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4978 UPPC_IfExists, 4979 4980 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4981 UPPC_IfNotExists, 4982 4983 /// \brief Lambda expression. 4984 UPPC_Lambda, 4985 4986 /// \brief Block expression, 4987 UPPC_Block 4988}; 4989 4990 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4991 /// 4992 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4993 /// 4994 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4995 /// parameter packs. 4996 /// 4997 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4998 /// 4999 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5000 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5001 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5002 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5003 5004 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5005 /// diagnose the error. 5006 /// 5007 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5008 /// 5009 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5010 /// packs. 5011 /// 5012 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5013 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5014 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5015 5016 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5017 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5018 /// 5019 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5020 /// parameter packs. 5021 /// 5022 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5023 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5024 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5025 5026 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5027 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5028 /// 5029 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5030 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5031 /// 5032 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5033 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5034 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5035 5036 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5037 /// diagnose the error. 5038 /// 5039 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5040 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5041 /// 5042 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5043 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5044 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5045 5046 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5047 /// diagnose the error. 5048 /// 5049 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5050 /// 5051 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5052 /// parameter packs. 5053 /// 5054 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5055 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5056 TemplateName Template, 5057 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5058 5059 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5060 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5061 /// 5062 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5063 /// parameter packs. 5064 /// 5065 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5066 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5067 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5068 5069 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5070 /// template argument. 5071 /// 5072 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5073 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5074 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5075 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5076 5077 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5078 /// template argument. 5079 /// 5080 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5081 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5082 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5083 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5084 5085 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5086 /// type. 5087 /// 5088 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5089 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5090 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5091 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5092 5093 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5094 /// type. 5095 /// 5096 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5097 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5098 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5099 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5100 5101 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5102 /// nested-name-specifier. 5103 /// 5104 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5105 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5106 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5107 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5108 5109 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5110 /// name. 5111 /// 5112 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5113 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5114 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5115 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5116 5117 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5118 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5121 /// may already be invalid. 5122 /// 5123 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5124 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5125 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5126 5127 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5128 /// creates a pack expansion. 5129 /// 5130 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5131 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5132 /// 5133 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5134 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5135 5136 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5137 /// expansion. 5138 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5139 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5140 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5141 5142 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5143 /// expansion. 5144 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5145 SourceRange PatternRange, 5146 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5147 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5148 5149 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5150 /// creates a pack expansion. 5151 /// 5152 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5153 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5154 /// 5155 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5156 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5157 5158 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5159 /// creates a pack expansion. 5160 /// 5161 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5162 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5163 /// 5164 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5165 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5166 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5167 5168 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5169 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5170 /// transforming the pattern. 5171 /// 5172 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5173 /// pack expansion. 5174 /// 5175 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5176 /// the pack expansion. 5177 /// 5178 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5179 /// pattern. 5180 /// 5181 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5182 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5183 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5186 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5187 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5188 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5189 /// 5190 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5191 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5192 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5193 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5194 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5195 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5196 /// set this value in other cases. 5197 /// 5198 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5199 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5200 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5201 /// must be set. 5202 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5203 SourceRange PatternRange, 5204 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5205 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5206 bool &ShouldExpand, 5207 bool &RetainExpansion, 5208 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5209 5210 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5211 /// type. 5212 /// 5213 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5214 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5215 /// 5216 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5217 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5218 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5219 5220 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5221 /// parameter packs. 5222 /// 5223 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5224 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5225 /// 5226 /// \code 5227 /// void f(T...); 5228 /// \endcode 5229 /// 5230 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5231 /// a variadic function. 5232 /// 5233 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5234 /// false otherwise. 5235 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5236 5237 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5238 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5239 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5240 5241 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5242 /// 5243 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5244 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5245 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5246 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5247 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5248 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5249 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5250 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5251 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5252 TDK_Success = 0, 5253 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5254 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5255 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5256 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5257 /// for every template parameter. 5258 TDK_Incomplete, 5259 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5260 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5261 TDK_Inconsistent, 5262 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5263 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5264 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5265 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5266 TDK_Underqualified, 5267 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5268 /// resulted in an error. 5269 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5270 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5271 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5272 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5273 /// arguments provided. 5274 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5275 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5276 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5277 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5278 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5279 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5280 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5281 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5282 /// template arguments for the given template. 5283 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5284 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5285 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5286 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5287 }; 5288 5289 TemplateDeductionResult 5290 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5291 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5292 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5293 5294 TemplateDeductionResult 5295 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5296 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5297 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5298 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5299 QualType *FunctionType, 5300 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5301 5302 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5303 // deduction for a call. 5304 struct OriginalCallArg { 5305 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5306 unsigned ArgIdx, 5307 QualType OriginalArgType) 5308 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5309 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5310 5311 QualType OriginalParamType; 5312 unsigned ArgIdx; 5313 QualType OriginalArgType; 5314 }; 5315 5316 TemplateDeductionResult 5317 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5318 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5319 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5320 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5321 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5322 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5323 5324 TemplateDeductionResult 5325 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5326 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5327 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5328 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5329 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5330 5331 TemplateDeductionResult 5332 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5333 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5334 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5335 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5336 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5337 5338 TemplateDeductionResult 5339 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5340 QualType ToType, 5341 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5342 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5343 5344 TemplateDeductionResult 5345 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5346 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5347 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5348 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5349 5350 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5351 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5352 DAR_Succeeded, 5353 DAR_Failed, 5354 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5355 }; 5356 5357 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5358 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5359 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5360 5361 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5362 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5363 SourceLocation Loc, 5364 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5365 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5366 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5367 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5368 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5369 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5370 SourceLocation Loc, 5371 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5372 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5373 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5374 bool Complain = true, 5375 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5376 5377 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5378 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5379 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5380 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5381 SourceLocation Loc); 5382 5383 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5384 bool OnlyDeduced, 5385 unsigned Depth, 5386 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5387 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5388 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5389 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5390 } 5391 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5392 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5393 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5394 5395 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5396 // C++ Template Instantiation 5397 // 5398 5399 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5400 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5401 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5402 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5403 5404 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5405 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5406 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5407 enum InstantiationKind { 5408 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5409 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5410 TemplateInstantiation, 5411 5412 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5413 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5414 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5415 /// arguments as specified. 5416 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5417 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5418 5419 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5420 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5421 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5422 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5423 5424 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5425 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5426 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5427 5428 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5429 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5430 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5431 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5432 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5433 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5434 5435 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5436 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5437 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5438 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5439 5440 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5441 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5442 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5443 5444 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5445 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5446 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5447 } Kind; 5448 5449 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5450 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5451 5452 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5453 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5454 /// arguments. 5455 NamedDecl *Template; 5456 5457 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5458 uintptr_t Entity; 5459 5460 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5461 /// are not part of the entity. 5462 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5463 5464 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5465 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5466 5467 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5468 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5469 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5470 5471 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5472 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5473 /// template instantiation. 5474 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5475 5476 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5477 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5478 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5479 5480 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5481 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5482 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5483 5484 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5485 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5486 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5487 return false; 5488 5489 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5490 return false; 5491 5492 switch (X.Kind) { 5493 case TemplateInstantiation: 5494 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5495 return true; 5496 5497 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5498 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5499 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5500 return false; 5501 5502 // Fall through 5503 5504 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5505 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5506 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5507 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5508 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5509 5510 } 5511 5512 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5513 } 5514 5515 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5516 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5517 return !(X == Y); 5518 } 5519 }; 5520 5521 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5522 /// 5523 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5524 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5525 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5526 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5527 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5528 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5529 5530 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5531 /// template instantiation. 5532 /// 5533 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5534 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5535 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5536 5537 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5538 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5539 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5540 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5541 5542 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5543 /// error or warning was produced. 5544 /// 5545 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5546 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5547 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5548 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5549 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5550 5551 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5552 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5553 /// 5554 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5555 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5556 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5557 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5558 5559 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5560 /// within a \c Sema object. 5561 /// 5562 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5563 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5564 Sema &Self; 5565 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5566 5567 public: 5568 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5569 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5570 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5571 } 5572 5573 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5574 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5575 } 5576 }; 5577 5578 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5579 5580 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5581 /// 5582 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5583 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5584 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5585 5586 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5587 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5588 /// deduction. 5589 /// 5590 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5591 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5592 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5593 5594 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5595 /// instantiation. 5596 /// 5597 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5598 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5599 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5600 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5601 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5602 /// 5603 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5604 /// the stack. 5605 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5606 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5607 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5608 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5609 Decl *Entity, 5610 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5611 5612 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5613 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5614 /// of a function template. 5615 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5616 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5617 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5618 5619 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5620 /// template-id. 5621 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5622 TemplateDecl *Template, 5623 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5624 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5625 5626 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5627 /// template-id. 5628 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5629 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5630 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5631 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5632 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5633 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5634 5635 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5636 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5637 /// specialization. 5638 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5639 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5640 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5641 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5642 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5643 5644 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5645 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5646 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5647 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5648 5649 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5650 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5651 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5652 NamedDecl *Template, 5653 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5654 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5655 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5656 5657 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5658 NamedDecl *Template, 5659 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5660 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5661 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5662 5663 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5664 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5665 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5666 TemplateDecl *Template, 5667 NamedDecl *Param, 5668 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5669 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5670 5671 5672 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5673 void Clear(); 5674 5675 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5676 5677 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5678 /// recursive template instantiations. 5679 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5680 5681 private: 5682 Sema &SemaRef; 5683 bool Invalid; 5684 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5685 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5686 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5687 5688 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5689 5690 InstantiatingTemplate& 5691 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5692 }; 5693 5694 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5695 5696 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5697 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5698 /// errors. 5699 /// 5700 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5701 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5702 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5703 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5704 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5705 5706 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5707 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5708 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5709 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5710 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5711 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5712 } 5713 5714 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5715 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5716 /// deduction.` 5717 class SFINAETrap { 5718 Sema &SemaRef; 5719 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5720 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5721 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5722 5723 public: 5724 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5725 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5726 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5727 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5728 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5729 { 5730 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5731 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5732 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5733 } 5734 5735 ~SFINAETrap() { 5736 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5737 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5738 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5739 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5740 } 5741 5742 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5743 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5744 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5745 } 5746 }; 5747 5748 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5749 /// variables. 5750 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5751 5752 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5753 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5754 5755 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5756 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5757 5758 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5759 /// name lookup. 5760 /// 5761 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5762 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5763 /// string represents a keyword. 5764 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5765 5766 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5767 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5768 5769 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5770 /// 5771 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5772 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5773 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5774 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5775 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5776 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5777 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5778 5779 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5780 /// but have not yet been performed. 5781 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5782 5783 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5784 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5785 /// 5786 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5787 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5788 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5789 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5790 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5791 5792 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5793 5794 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5795 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5796 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5797 5798 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5799 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5800 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5801 5802 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5803 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5804 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5805 5806 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5807 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5808 SourceLocation Loc, 5809 DeclarationName Entity, 5810 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5811 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5812 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5813 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5814 int indexAdjustment, 5815 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5816 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5817 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5818 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5819 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5820 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5821 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5822 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5823 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5824 5825 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5826 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5827 /// 5828 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5829 /// 5830 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5831 /// 5832 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5833 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5834 /// 5835 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5836 /// 5837 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5838 /// 5839 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5840 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5841 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5842 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5843 5844 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5845 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5846 5847 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5848 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5849 5850 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5851 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5852 bool CXXDirectInit); 5853 5854 bool 5855 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5856 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5857 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5858 5859 bool 5860 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5861 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5862 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5863 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5864 bool Complain = true); 5865 5866 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5867 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5868 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5869 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5870 5871 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5872 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5873 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5874 Decl *NewDecl; 5875 5876 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5877 Decl *D) 5878 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5879 { } 5880 }; 5881 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5882 5883 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5884 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5885 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5886 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5887 5888 bool 5889 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5890 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5891 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5892 bool Complain = true); 5893 5894 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5895 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5896 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5897 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5898 5899 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5900 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5901 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5902 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5903 5904 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5905 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5906 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5907 5908 DeclarationNameInfo 5909 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5910 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5911 TemplateName 5912 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5913 SourceLocation Loc, 5914 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5915 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5916 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5917 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5918 5919 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5920 FunctionDecl *Function); 5921 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5922 FunctionDecl *Function, 5923 bool Recursive = false, 5924 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5925 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5926 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5927 VarDecl *Var, 5928 bool Recursive = false, 5929 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5930 5931 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5932 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5933 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5934 5935 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5936 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5937 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5938 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5939 5940 // Objective-C declarations. 5941 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5942 OCK_None = -1, 5943 OCK_Interface = 0, 5944 OCK_Protocol, 5945 OCK_Category, 5946 OCK_ClassExtension, 5947 OCK_Implementation, 5948 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5949 }; 5950 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5951 5952 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5953 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5954 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5955 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5956 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5957 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5958 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5959 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5960 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5961 AttributeList *AttrList); 5962 5963 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 5964 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5965 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5966 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5967 5968 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5969 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5970 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5971 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5972 5973 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5974 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5975 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5976 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5977 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5978 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5979 AttributeList *AttrList); 5980 5981 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5982 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5983 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5984 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5985 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5986 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5987 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5988 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5989 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5990 5991 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5992 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5993 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5994 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5995 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5996 5997 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5998 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5999 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6000 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6001 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6002 6003 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6004 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6005 6006 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6007 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6008 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6009 unsigned NumElts); 6010 6011 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6012 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6013 unsigned NumElts, 6014 AttributeList *attrList); 6015 6016 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6017 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6018 unsigned NumProtocols, 6019 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6020 6021 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6022 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6023 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6024 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6025 SourceLocation Loc, 6026 unsigned &Attributes, 6027 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6028 6029 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6030 /// setters and getters as needed. 6031 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6032 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6033 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6034 /// in class extension. 6035 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6036 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6037 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6038 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6039 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6040 6041 6042 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6043 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6044 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6045 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6046 6047 6048 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6049 6050 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6051 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6052 6053 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6054 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6055 6056 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6057 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6058 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6059 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6060 6061 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6062 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6063 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6064 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6065 bool *OverridingProperty, 6066 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6067 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6068 6069 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6070 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6071 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6072 bool ImplKind, 6073 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6074 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6075 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6076 6077 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6078 OSMK_None, 6079 OSMK_Alloc, 6080 OSMK_New, 6081 OSMK_Copy, 6082 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6083 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6084 }; 6085 6086 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6087 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6088 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6089 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6090 // in this case. 6091 ParsedType Type; 6092 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6093 6094 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6095 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6096 }; 6097 6098 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6099 Scope *S, 6100 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6101 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6102 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6103 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6104 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6105 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6106 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6107 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6108 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6109 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6110 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6111 6112 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6113 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6114 bool IsInstance); 6115 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6116 bool IsInstance); 6117 6118 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6119 6120 ExprResult 6121 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6122 Expr *BaseExpr, 6123 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6124 DeclarationName MemberName, 6125 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6126 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6127 bool Super); 6128 6129 ExprResult 6130 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6131 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6132 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6133 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6134 6135 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6136 6137 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6138 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6139 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6140 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6141 ObjCSuperMessage, 6142 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6143 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6144 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6145 /// name. 6146 ObjCClassMessage 6147 }; 6148 6149 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6150 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6151 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6152 bool IsSuper, 6153 bool HasTrailingDot, 6154 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6155 6156 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6157 Selector Sel, 6158 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6159 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6160 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6161 MultiExprArg Args); 6162 6163 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6164 QualType ReceiverType, 6165 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6166 Selector Sel, 6167 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6168 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6169 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6170 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6171 MultiExprArg Args, 6172 bool isImplicit = false); 6173 6174 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6175 bool isSuperReceiver, 6176 SourceLocation Loc, 6177 Selector Sel, 6178 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6179 MultiExprArg Args); 6180 6181 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6182 ParsedType Receiver, 6183 Selector Sel, 6184 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6185 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6186 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6187 MultiExprArg Args); 6188 6189 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6190 QualType ReceiverType, 6191 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6192 Selector Sel, 6193 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6194 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6195 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6196 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6197 MultiExprArg Args, 6198 bool isImplicit = false); 6199 6200 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6201 QualType ReceiverType, 6202 SourceLocation Loc, 6203 Selector Sel, 6204 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6205 MultiExprArg Args); 6206 6207 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6208 Expr *Receiver, 6209 Selector Sel, 6210 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6211 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6212 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6213 MultiExprArg Args); 6214 6215 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6216 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6217 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6218 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6219 Expr *SubExpr); 6220 6221 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6222 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6223 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6224 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6225 ParsedType Type, 6226 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6227 Expr *SubExpr); 6228 6229 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6230 6231 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6232 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6233 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6234 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6235 bool IsImplementation); 6236 6237 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6238 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6239 RTC_Compatible, 6240 RTC_Incompatible, 6241 RTC_Unknown 6242 }; 6243 6244 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6245 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6246 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6247 6248 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6249 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6250 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6251 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6252 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6253 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6254 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6255 }; 6256 6257 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6258 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6259 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6260 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6261 6262 enum PragmaPackKind { 6263 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6264 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6265 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6266 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6267 }; 6268 6269 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6270 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6271 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6272 }; 6273 6274 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6275 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6276 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6277 Expr *Alignment, 6278 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6279 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6280 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6281 6282 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6283 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6284 6285 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6286 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6287 Scope *curScope, 6288 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6289 6290 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6291 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6292 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6293 6294 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6295 SourceLocation Loc); 6296 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6297 6298 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6299 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6300 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6301 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6302 6303 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6304 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6305 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6306 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6307 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6308 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6309 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6310 6311 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6312 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6313 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6314 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6315 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6316 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6317 6318 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6319 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6320 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6321 6322 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6323 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6324 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6325 6326 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6327 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6328 6329 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6330 void FreePackedContext(); 6331 6332 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6333 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6334 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6335 SourceLocation Loc); 6336 6337 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6338 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6339 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6340 6341 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6342 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6343 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6344 6345 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6346 void FreeVisContext(); 6347 6348 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6349 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6350 /// the appropriate attribute. 6351 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6352 6353 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6354 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6355 bool isDeclSpec); 6356 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6357 bool isDeclSpec); 6358 6359 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6360 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6361 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6362 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6363 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6364 CCK_CStyleCast, 6365 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6366 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6367 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6368 CCK_OtherCast 6369 }; 6370 6371 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6372 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6373 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6374 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6375 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6376 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6377 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6378 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6379 6380 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6381 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6382 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6383 6384 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6385 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6386 /// required. 6387 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6388 6389 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6390 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6391 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6392 6393 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6394 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6395 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6396 6397 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6398 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6399 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6400 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6401 6402 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6403 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6404 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6405 // type. 6406 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6407 6408 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6409 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6410 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6411 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6412 6413 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6414 enum VariadicCallType { 6415 VariadicFunction, 6416 VariadicBlock, 6417 VariadicMethod, 6418 VariadicConstructor, 6419 VariadicDoesNotApply 6420 }; 6421 6422 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6423 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6424 Expr *Fn); 6425 6426 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6427 // vararg function. 6428 enum VarArgKind { 6429 VAK_Valid, 6430 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6431 VAK_Invalid 6432 }; 6433 6434 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6435 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6436 6437 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6438 /// form of call prototypes. 6439 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6440 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6441 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6442 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6443 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6444 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6445 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6446 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6447 6448 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6449 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6450 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6451 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6452 6453 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6454 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6455 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6456 6457 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6458 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6459 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6460 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6461 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6462 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6463 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6464 6465 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6466 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6467 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6468 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6469 /// source and destination type. 6470 enum AssignConvertType { 6471 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6472 Compatible, 6473 6474 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6475 /// accept as an extension. 6476 PointerToInt, 6477 6478 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6479 /// accept as an extension. 6480 IntToPointer, 6481 6482 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6483 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6484 FunctionVoidPointer, 6485 6486 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6487 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6488 IncompatiblePointer, 6489 6490 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6491 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6492 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6493 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6494 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6495 6496 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6497 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6498 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6499 6500 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6501 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6502 /// like address spaces. 6503 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6504 6505 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6506 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6507 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6508 /// extension. 6509 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6510 6511 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6512 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6513 IncompatibleVectors, 6514 6515 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6516 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6517 IntToBlockPointer, 6518 6519 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6520 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6521 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6522 6523 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6524 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6525 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6526 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6527 6528 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6529 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6530 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6531 6532 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6533 /// represent it in the AST. 6534 Incompatible 6535 }; 6536 6537 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6538 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6539 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6540 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6541 SourceLocation Loc, 6542 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6543 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6544 bool *Complained = 0); 6545 6546 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6547 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6548 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6549 Expr *SrcExpr); 6550 6551 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6552 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6553 /// C99 6.5.16. 6554 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6555 QualType LHSType, 6556 QualType RHSType); 6557 6558 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6559 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6560 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6561 ExprResult &RHS, 6562 CastKind &Kind); 6563 6564 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6565 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6566 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6567 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6568 ExprResult &RHS, 6569 bool Diagnose = true); 6570 6571 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6572 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6573 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6574 ExprResult &RHS); 6575 6576 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6577 6578 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6579 6580 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6581 AssignmentAction Action, 6582 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6583 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6584 AssignmentAction Action, 6585 bool AllowExplicit, 6586 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6587 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6588 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6589 AssignmentAction Action, 6590 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6591 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6592 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6593 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6594 AssignmentAction Action, 6595 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6596 6597 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6598 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6599 6600 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6601 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6602 ExprResult &RHS); 6603 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6604 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6605 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6606 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6607 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6608 bool IsDivide); 6609 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6610 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6611 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6612 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6613 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6614 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6615 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6616 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6617 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6618 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6619 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6620 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6621 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6622 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6623 bool isRelational); 6624 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6625 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6626 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6627 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6628 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6629 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6630 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6631 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6632 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6633 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6634 6635 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6636 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6637 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6638 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6639 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6640 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6641 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6642 6643 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6644 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6645 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6646 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6647 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6648 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6649 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6650 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6651 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6652 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6653 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6654 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6655 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6656 NonStandardCompositeType); 6657 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6658 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6659 return Composite; 6660 } 6661 6662 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6663 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6664 6665 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6666 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6667 6668 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6669 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6670 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6671 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6672 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6673 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6674 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6675 SourceLocation Loc); 6676 6677 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6678 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6679 6680 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6681 6682 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6683 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6684 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6685 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6686 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6687 /// reference binding is not possible. 6688 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6689 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6690 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6691 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6692 Ref_Related, 6693 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6694 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6695 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6696 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6697 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6698 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6699 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6700 Ref_Compatible 6701 }; 6702 6703 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6704 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6705 bool &DerivedToBase, 6706 bool &ObjCConversion, 6707 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6708 6709 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6710 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6711 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6712 6713 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6714 /// given type. 6715 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6716 6717 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6718 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6719 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6720 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6721 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6722 CastKind &Kind); 6723 6724 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6725 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6726 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6727 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6728 // returns the cast expr 6729 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6730 CastKind &Kind); 6731 6732 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6733 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6734 Expr *CastExpr, 6735 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6736 6737 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6738 6739 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6740 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6741 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6742 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6743 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6744 6745 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6746 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6747 6748 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6749 QualType ExprType); 6750 6751 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6752 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6753 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6754 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6755 6756 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6757 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6758 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6759 6760 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6761 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6762 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6763 6764 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6765 /// \param Method - May be null. 6766 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6767 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6768 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6769 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6770 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6771 bool isSuperMessage, 6772 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6773 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6774 6775 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6776 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6777 /// and the form of the message send. 6778 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6779 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6780 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6781 6782 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6783 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6784 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6785 6786 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6787 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6788 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6789 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6790 /// 6791 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6792 /// 'if' keyword. 6793 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6794 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6795 6796 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6797 Expr *SubExpr); 6798 6799 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6800 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6801 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6802 6803 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6804 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6805 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6806 6807 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6808 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6809 6810 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6811 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6812 /// the specified diagnostic. 6813 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6814 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6815 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6816 6817 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6818 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6819 /// in the global scope. 6820 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6821 6822 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6823 /// expression violations. 6824 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6825 public: 6826 bool Suppress; 6827 6828 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6829 6830 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6831 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6832 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6833 }; 6834 6835 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6836 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6837 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6838 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6839 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6840 bool AllowFold = true); 6841 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6842 unsigned DiagID, 6843 bool AllowFold = true); 6844 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6845 6846 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6847 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6848 /// Returns false on success. 6849 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6850 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6851 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6852 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6853 6854 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6855 CFT_Device, 6856 CFT_Global, 6857 CFT_Host, 6858 CFT_HostDevice 6859 }; 6860 6861 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6862 6863 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6864 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6865 6866 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6867 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6868 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6869 } 6870 6871 /// \name Code completion 6872 //@{ 6873 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6874 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6875 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6876 PCC_Namespace, 6877 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6878 PCC_Class, 6879 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6880 /// or category. 6881 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6882 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6883 /// category implementation 6884 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6885 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6886 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6887 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6888 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6889 /// headers. 6890 PCC_Template, 6891 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6892 /// headers within a class. 6893 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6894 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6895 PCC_Expression, 6896 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6897 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6898 PCC_Statement, 6899 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6900 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6901 PCC_ForInit, 6902 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6903 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6904 PCC_Condition, 6905 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6906 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6907 /// in the grammar. 6908 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6909 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6910 PCC_Type, 6911 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6912 /// might also be a type cast. 6913 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6914 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6915 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6916 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6917 }; 6918 6919 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6920 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6921 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6922 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6923 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6924 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6925 6926 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6927 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6928 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6929 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6930 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6931 bool IsArrow); 6932 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6933 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6934 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6935 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6936 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6937 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6938 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6939 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6940 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6941 6942 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6943 bool EnteringContext); 6944 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6945 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6946 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6947 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6948 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6949 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6950 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6951 unsigned NumInitializers); 6952 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6953 bool AfterAmpersand); 6954 6955 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6956 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6957 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6958 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6959 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6960 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6961 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6962 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6963 bool IsParameter); 6964 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6965 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6966 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6967 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6968 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6969 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6970 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6971 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6972 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6973 bool IsSuper = false); 6974 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6975 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6976 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6977 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6978 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6979 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6980 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6981 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6982 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6983 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6984 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6985 unsigned NumProtocols); 6986 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6987 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6988 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6989 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6990 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6991 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6992 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6993 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6994 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6995 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6996 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6997 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6998 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6999 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7000 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7001 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7002 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7003 ParsedType ReturnType); 7004 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7005 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7006 bool AtParameterName, 7007 ParsedType ReturnType, 7008 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7009 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7010 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7011 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7012 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7013 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7014 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7015 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7016 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7017 unsigned Argument); 7018 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7019 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7020 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7021 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7022 //@} 7023 7024 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7025 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7026 7027public: 7028 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7029 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7030 7031private: 7032 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7033 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7034 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7035 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7036 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7037 // FunctionDeclaration. 7038 struct FormatStringInfo { 7039 unsigned FormatIdx; 7040 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7041 bool HasVAListArg; 7042 }; 7043 7044 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7045 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7046 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7047 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7048 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7049 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7050 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7051 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7052 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7053 Expr **Args, 7054 unsigned NumArgs, 7055 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7056 SourceLocation Loc); 7057 7058 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7059 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7060 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7061 VariadicCallType CallType); 7062 7063 7064 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7065 7066 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7067 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7068 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7069 7070 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7071 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7072 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7073 7074public: 7075 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7076 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7077 7078private: 7079 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7080 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7081 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7082 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7083 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7084 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7085 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7086 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7087 7088 enum FormatStringType { 7089 FST_Scanf, 7090 FST_Printf, 7091 FST_NSString, 7092 FST_Strftime, 7093 FST_Strfmon, 7094 FST_Kprintf, 7095 FST_Unknown 7096 }; 7097 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7098 7099 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7100 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7101 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7102 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7103 }; 7104 7105 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7106 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7107 bool HasVAListArg, 7108 unsigned format_idx, 7109 unsigned firstDataArg, 7110 FormatStringType Type, 7111 VariadicCallType CallType, 7112 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7113 7114 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7115 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7116 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7117 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7118 VariadicCallType CallType); 7119 7120 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7121 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7122 VariadicCallType CallType, 7123 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7124 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7125 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7126 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7127 VariadicCallType CallType, 7128 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7129 7130 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7131 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7132 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7133 7134 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7135 unsigned BId, 7136 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7137 7138 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7139 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7140 7141 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7142 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7143 7144 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7145 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7146 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7147 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7148 7149 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7150 Expr *Init); 7151 7152 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7153 /// 7154 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7155 Scope *CurScope; 7156 7157protected: 7158 friend class Parser; 7159 friend class InitializationSequence; 7160 friend class ASTReader; 7161 friend class ASTWriter; 7162 7163public: 7164 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7165 /// 7166 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7167 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7168 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7169 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7170 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7171 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7172 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7173 7174 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7175 7176 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7177 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7178 } 7179 7180 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7181}; 7182 7183/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7184class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7185 Sema &Actions; 7186 7187public: 7188 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7189 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7190 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7191 bool IsDecltype = false) 7192 : Actions(Actions) { 7193 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7194 IsDecltype); 7195 } 7196 7197 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7198 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7199 } 7200}; 7201 7202} // end namespace clang 7203 7204#endif 7205